Casio | LK-280 | manual | Casio LK-280 Manual

Casio LK-280 Manual
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻚ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫”ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ“‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪MA1105-A Printed in China‬‬
‫‪LK280-AR-1A‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:45:34‬‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫‪LK280-AR-1A‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 1‬‬
‫● ﺃﻱ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎً ﺍﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻌﺎً ﺑﺎﺗﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻱ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻋﺎً ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﺎً ﻛﺎﻧﺖ )ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺗﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺃﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ( ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺈﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﺗﻼﻓﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺊ ﻋﻦ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﻸﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-1‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:12‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪AR-30 ...................‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪AR-4 .........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺩﺓ ‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪AR-7 .................................... (‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪AR-7 .......................() FUNCTION‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ‪AR-30 .................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪AR-8 .....‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪AR-30 .................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺰﻑ‪AR-9 ....................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪AR-31 ............................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪AR-9 ............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪AR-32 .................................................٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ‪AR-9 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪AR-33 .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪AR-35 .....................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪AR-10 ..........‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ‪AR-10 ...........................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ‪AR-11............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ )ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ(‪AR-11.....‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ‪AR-36 ......‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪AR-37 ..................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪AR-12 ...............................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪AR-37 ............................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪AR-12 ..............................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺰﺍء ‪AR-38 ...............................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪AR-40 ...........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪AR-14 ...........‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪AR-41 ........................‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ‪AR-14 .....................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪AR-42 ............................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﻐﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ‪AR-15 ............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻭﺗﺎﺭ )ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ( ‪AR-43 ...............‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻐﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺘﻴﻦ‪AR-15 .........................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء ‪AR-16 ...................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪AR-44 ...........‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﺱ ‪AR-16 ...................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪AR-44 .......................‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ‪AR-17 ......................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺧﻠﻂ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ‪AR-45 .......................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‬
‫)ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ(‪AR-17 ......‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻏﻨﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ‪AR-47 ..........‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ‪AR-19 ..................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ‪AR-47 ..........‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ‪AR-48 .....................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ‪AR-19 ................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪AR-49 ...............................‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻟﺤﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ )ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ(‪AR-19 ....‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪AR-49 ...........................‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ )ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ( ‪AR-22 ...‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ‪AR-50 .................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪AR-24 ........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ‪AR-51 .............................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪AR-26 ................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪AR-52 .......................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ‪AR-52 .........‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ‪AR-26 ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ‪AR-26 ..........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻭﻛﻲ ‪AR-29 .........................................‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ‪AR-29 ...............................................‬‬
‫‪AR-2‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:13‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪AR-53 ........................‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺷﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ‪AR-53 ..........................‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪AR-54 ........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪AR-54 ...............................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪AR-55 ...........‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ‪AR-56 .......................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪AR-57 ..................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪AR-58 ...........................‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪AR-58 .......................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪AR-59 .....................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪AR-59 ................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ‪AR-60 ..................................................... MIDI‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪AR-62 ..............‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ‪AR-62 .........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‪AR-63 .........................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪AR-63 .........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‪AR-65 ..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪AR-66 ..................................................‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪AR-67 ........................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ‪AR-68 .......................................................‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪AR-69 ..............................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ‪AR-70 ....................................................‬‬
‫‪MIDI Implementation Chart‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫● ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻳﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫• ﺃﺧﺮﻯ )ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ CASIO‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ URL‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪http://world.casio.com/‬‬
‫‪AR-3‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:13‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 3‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ ”ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ“ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.LK-280‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻐﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﺍﻻﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺰﻋﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪345‬‬
‫‪bm‬‬
‫‪br‬‬
‫‪cs ct‬‬
‫‪bl‬‬
‫‪6 7 8 9 bk‬‬
‫‪bq bp bo bn‬‬
‫‪cr‬‬
‫‪dk‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪co cp cq‬‬
‫‪dp‬‬
‫‪bs bt ck cl cm cn‬‬
‫‪dn do‬‬
‫‪dm‬‬
‫‪dl‬‬
‫‪dr‬‬
‫‪dk‬‬
‫‪dq‬‬
‫‪AR-4‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:13‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 4‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫• ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻳﺸﺮﺡ ﻣﺎﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ $‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :$‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ $ BEAT ،METRONOME ،‬ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪ BEAT‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪ (VOLUME‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-10‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ )‪ (RECORDER‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-44‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ )‪ (SING ALONG‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-29‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ )‪($ BEAT ،METRONOME‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ )‪(POWER‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-10‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-12‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ )‪(INTRO ،REPEAT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،AR-27‬ﻭ‪40‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﻊ )‪(NORMAL/FILL-IN ،REW‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،AR-27‬ﻭ‪40‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ )‪(VAR./FILL-IN ،FF‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،AR-27‬ﻭ‪40‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ )‪،PAUSE‬‬
‫‪ (SYNCHRO/ENDING‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،AR-27‬ﻭ‪40‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ )‪،PLAY/STOP‬‬
‫‪ (START/STOP‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،AR-26‬ﻭ‪37‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‬
‫)‪($ CHORDS ،ACCOMP ،PART SELECT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،AR-29‬ﻭ‪38‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )‪،TONE‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ )‪(TEMPO‬‬
‫‪($ MUSIC PRESET‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-13‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-14‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ )‪،RHYTHM‬‬
‫‪ ($ ONE TOUCH PRESET‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،AR-37‬ﻭ‪41‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ )‪($ LOAD/SAVE ،CARD‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ )‪(SONG BANK‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-54‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-26‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ )‪ (LISTEN‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-32‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )‪ (WATCH‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-32‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮ )‪ (REMEMBER‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-33‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ )‪ (NEXT‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-31‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )‪ (AUTO‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-35‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )‪(MUSIC CHALLENGE‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ]‪[–]/[+‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-7‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-36‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ )‪ (LAYER‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-15‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﻱء )‪(SPLIT‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-15‬‬
‫)‪($ TYPE ،AUTO HARMONIZE/ARPEGGIATOR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،AR-42‬ﻭ‪51‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪(KEY LIGHT $ ،FUNCTION‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻮ‪/‬ﺍﻷﺭﻏﻦ )‪(PIANO/ORGAN‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ )‪(CHORD BOOK‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-14‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-43‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-7‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺟﺬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ‪ CHORD‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-38‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-14‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪AR-5‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:13‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 5‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫■ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-59‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻋﻴﻢ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺷﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ‪(SD CARD SLOT) SD‬‬
‫)‪(SUSTAIN/ASSIGNABLE JACK‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-53‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪(MIC IN/SAMPLING‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-19‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ )‪(PHONES/OUTPUT‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪(AUDIO IN‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-17‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻥ )‪(MIC VOLUME‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،AR-19‬ﻭ‪29‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪DC 9.5V‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-19‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-9‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪AR-11‬‬
‫‪AR-6‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:14‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 6‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺩﺓ ‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪‬‬
‫(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) FUNCTION‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ ( ) FUNCTION‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‪ ،‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﺪﻯ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪.(FUNCTION‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٨‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،١٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫(‬
‫]‪ (ENTER) [9‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ]‪) [4‬‬
‫ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫( ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(EXIT) [7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪S t . G r Pn o‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻛﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،001‬ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ‪0‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ]–[ )ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ( ﻭ]‪[+‬‬
‫)ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ( ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ]–[ ﻭ]‪[+‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ]–[ )ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ( ﻭ]‪) [+‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-7‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:15‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 7‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪء ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻠﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ‪MIDI‬‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫‪Trans.‬‬
‫‪AcompVol‬‬
‫‪Song Vol‬‬
‫‪Touch‬‬
‫‪Tune‬‬
‫‪Reverb‬‬
‫‪Chorus‬‬
‫‪SAMPLING‬‬
‫‪AutoStrt‬‬
‫‪AutoStop‬‬
‫)‪(Protect‬‬
‫‪LESSON‬‬
‫‪Speak‬‬
‫‪NoteGuid‬‬
‫‪Scoring‬‬
‫‪PhraseLn‬‬
‫‪SCALE‬‬
‫‪OTHER‬‬
‫‪ArpegHld‬‬
‫‪Jack‬‬
‫‪AcompScl‬‬
‫‪Contrast‬‬
‫‪Demo2‬‬
‫‪MIDI‬‬
‫‪Keybd Ch‬‬
‫‪Navi. Ch‬‬
‫‪Local‬‬
‫‪AcompOut‬‬
‫‪DELETE‬‬
‫)ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ(‬
‫)ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪All Data‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪AR-17‬‬
‫‪AR-41‬‬
‫‪AR-28‬‬
‫‪AR-11‬‬
‫‪AR-18‬‬
‫‪AR-16‬‬
‫‪AR-16‬‬
‫‪AR-24‬‬
‫‪AR-24‬‬
‫‪AR-25‬‬
‫‪AR-33‬‬
‫‪AR-34‬‬
‫‪AR-34‬‬
‫‪AR-34‬‬
‫‪AR-49‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺟﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪ (SONG BANK‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫]‪-١٠ [1‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ) ( ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫•‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ‪ (SONG BANK) ‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪-١٠ [1‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪‬‬
‫(‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﻴﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪ “Pls wait‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪‬‬
‫)‪ (SONG BANK‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪-١٠ [1‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪.(‬‬
‫ً‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ“ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (AR-10‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-51‬‬
‫‪AR-17‬‬
‫‪AR-50‬‬
‫‪AR-12‬‬
‫‪AR-11‬‬
‫‪AR-60‬‬
‫‪AR-60‬‬
‫‪AR-61‬‬
‫‪AR-61‬‬
‫‪AR-25‬‬
‫‪AR-52‬‬
‫‪AR-52‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-10‬‬
‫‪AR-8‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:15‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﺳﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪ .AA‬ﻻﺗﻘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻭﻛﺴﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪ AC‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪ AC‬ﻷﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪ AC‬ﻻﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺟﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-3‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺘﺮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪ AA‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ ‪ +‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ‪ -‬ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪ AC‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪ AC‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪ AC‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪) AD-E95100L :‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ‪(JEITA‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪ ٩٫٥‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ‪DC 9.5V‬‬
‫ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺣﺠﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪AC‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪.AC‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪ AC‬ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺎً ﻭﻻﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺍﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﺧﺬ ﺧﺬﺭﻙ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻧﺜﻨﺎء!‬
‫■ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺃﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻟﺘﻔﺎﻑ!‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺃﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫• ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺭﺻﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ ٩٫٥‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ‪ DC‬ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-9‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:16‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪br‬‬
‫‪bn‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ct‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪bm‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻷﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﻄﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﻧﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦ :‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪ ٣٠ : AC‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫■ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﻔﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺿﻐﻄﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫)‪ ،(TONE‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ )ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪(AC‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻤﺴﺢ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪ “Pls wait‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪ AC‬ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻀﺊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻙ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬ﻻﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺳﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻀﻲء ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﻔﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “OTHER‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪OTHER‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫‪AR-10‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:16‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫”‪.“Demo2‬‬
‫‪Demo 2‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫)ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ(‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ )ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻧﻮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺧﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺯﻋﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺊ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻧﻮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ )‪(PHONES/OUTPUT‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫• ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻻﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-3‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺰﻭﻓﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻋﺒﺮ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻚ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “Touch‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫‪To u c h‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ )‪(oFF‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻣﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪(1) ١‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪(2) ٢‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪١‬‬
‫‪AR-11‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:16‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “OTHER‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪OTHER‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫”‪.“Contrast‬‬
‫‪Co n t r a s t‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ‪ 01‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.17‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺱ ﻷﻭﻝ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻼﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ ،0‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 6‬ﻛﻌﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺱ( ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻪ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Be a t‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ 0‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻃﻘﻄﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-12‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:17‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪) y‬ﺍﻷﺑﻄﺎ( ﻭ‪) t‬ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ t‬ﻭ‪ y‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻀﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ‪ 89‬ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻛﺎ ‪.089‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ )ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪.AR-41‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.AR-28‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-13‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:17‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 13‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪br‬‬
‫‪ct‬‬
‫‪bn‬‬
‫‪cr‬‬
‫‪co cp‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺘﺮﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻛﺴﺘﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫)‪.(TONE‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻏﻦ‬
‫‪S t . G r Pn o‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻳﻞ ﻭﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ 001‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪0‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ“ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻝ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻏﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ )ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ‪ (001‬ﻭﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻏﻦ )ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ‪.(079‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫)ﻋﻠﻮﻱ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪“06” :‬‬
‫‪“00” :‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪SUS :‬‬
‫‪) “161” :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ(‬
‫”‪) “094‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻏﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ(‬
‫‪ :‬ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪“0” :‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪Equal :‬‬
‫‪AR-14‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:17‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 14‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻐﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﻐﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺘﻴﻦ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ( ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﻭﺍ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (TONE‬ﻭﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪032 ELEC.PIANO 1 :‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺃﺩﺍء ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻟﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺰﺋﺔ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-14‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (TONE) ‬ﻭﺛﻢ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪303 FLUTE 1 :‬‬
‫‪E . P i a n o 1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪F l u t e‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪205 STRINGS :‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻏﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪064 VIBRAPHONE 1 :‬‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪S t r i n‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺰﻑ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﺍ ﺻﻮﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻠﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)ﻳﺤﻴﺚ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺧﺘﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.(١‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫• ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ )ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺘﻴﻦ( ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪V i b e s‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺰﻑ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪FLUTE 1‬‬
‫‪VIBRAPHONE 1‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺉ‬
‫‪F3‬‬
‫‪AR-15‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:18‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 15‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﺗﺠﺰﺉ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ )ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.(١‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺉ )ﻧﻐﻤﺘﻴﻦ( ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺉ )ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺉ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﺱ ﻫﻲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻴﻒ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻭﺃﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﺻﻮﺍﺗﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻚ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻵﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺉ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪Ch o r u s‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﻪ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﻭﺳﻂ ‪ (C4) C‬ﻛﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺠﺰﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “Chorus‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫‪C4‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﺱ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﺱ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء ﺻﺪﻯ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “Reverb‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫‪Re v e r b‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ )‪(oFF‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪10‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء ﺃﻃﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫‪AR-16‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:18‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 16‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺟﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-3‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻋﻴﻢ‬
‫‪Sustain‬‬
‫)‪(SUS‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎً‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺭﻏﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺘﻮ‬
‫‪Sostenuto‬‬
‫)‪(SoS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎً ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺮﺭ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻋﻢ ‪Soft‬‬
‫)‪(SFt‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﻢ ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ‪ Rhythm‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻭﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(rHy‬‬
‫‪SUSTAIN/ASSIGNABLE JACK‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “OTHER‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫)ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ(‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﺤﻈﻴﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻐﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻣﺪﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ‪ –12‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ +12‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪OTHER‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ )ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ(‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫”‪.“Jack‬‬
‫‪T r a n s .‬‬
‫( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪J a c k‬‬
‫)‪.(FUNCTION‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-17‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:18‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 17‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ )ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻟﻠﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺁﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﻳﺠﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﻔﻴﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ ‪.CD‬‬
‫• ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ‪ .A4‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ ٤١٥٫٥‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٤٦٥٫٩‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻮ ‪ ٤٤٠٫٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (FUNCTION) ‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪.“Tune‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻔﺾ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻧﻐﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ‪ –2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ +2‬ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺉ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،(AR-15‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻻﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻏﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺉ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺉ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﺒﻀﻌﺔ ﺛﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Tu n e‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ ”‪ “Tune‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎً ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ٠٫١‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪e r‬‬
‫‪p p‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫‪Oc t U‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪4 4 0 . 0Hz‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫• ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﺛﻮﺍﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺉ ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺉ ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫• ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺉ ‪ :‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻤﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺉ ‪ :‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.٤‬‬
‫‪Oc t L owe r‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-18‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:19‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 18‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪br‬‬
‫‪bobn‬‬
‫‪bs bt ck cl cm cn‬‬
‫‪cr cs ct‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻨﺒﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻛﻠﺒﻚ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﺤﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻖ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺑﺪﺍﻉ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻟﺤﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫)ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻷﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻪ ﻛﺠﺰء ﻣﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺘﻰ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ 601‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ .605‬ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍً ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫)‪ (TONE‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 601‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ (605‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪(MIC IN/SAMPLING‬‬
‫‪Da t a‬‬
‫‪No‬‬
‫• ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪.AUDIO IN‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺛﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ (MIC VOLUME) ‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﺛﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-19‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:19‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 19‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ )ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻮﺍﻧﻲ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﺤﻈﻴﺎً ﻭﺳﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪Wa i t i n‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺰﻑ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ١٠‬ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻷﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻝ ‪ ١٠‬ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺣﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ“‬
‫ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-25‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎُ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ”ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ“ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.AR-25‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫■ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺟﺪﺍً‪.‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪l i n‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ‪ (C4) C‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﻤﻴﻦ ‪ C4‬ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻧﻐﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Sam‬‬
‫‪C4‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﺮﺭﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻓﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫• ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺃﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ ١٠‬ﺛﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ (FUNCTION) ‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫)‪.(RHYTHM‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪n l‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪n t hPo‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S1 : O r‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪1‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ(‬
‫‪AR-20‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:20‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 20‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )ﻣﻦ ‪ ‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪‬‬
‫( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪601‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪602‬‬
‫‪603‬‬
‫‪604‬‬
‫‪605‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫)‪ (TONE‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ )ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻏﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫• ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺘﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺯﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫( ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺿﻐﻄﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ )ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺒﻂء ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺗﻬﺎ )ﻣﻦ ‪‬‬
‫‪.(‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫)‪ (TONE‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 601‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ (605‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﺰﻓﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻠﻲ )‪(Orgnl‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ )ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ‪(Loop1) ١‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ‪(Loop2) ٢‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻧﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ‪(Loop3) ٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﻳﺨﻔﺾ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻧﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ‪١‬‬
‫)‪(Ptch1‬‬
‫ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ‪٢‬‬
‫)‪(Ptch2‬‬
‫ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ‪٣‬‬
‫)‪(Ptch3‬‬
‫ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺰﺍﺯﺓ )‪(Treml‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺘﻊ ‪(Funy1) ١‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺘﺪﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺘﻊ ‪(Funy2) ٢‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺘﻊ ‪(Funy3) ٣‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ‪ ١‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍءﻋﺰﻑ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪AR-21‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:20‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 21‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫)ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ(‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ‪،606‬‬
‫‪ ،607‬ﻭ‪ .608‬ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺟﺪﺍً‪.‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪l i n‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪Sam‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (TONE) ‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪-١٠) ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫)‪.(RHYTHM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ )‪ ،607 ،606‬ﺃﻭ ‪ (608‬ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻮﺍﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Da t a‬‬
‫‪No‬‬
‫‪l D r m1‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪No‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ )ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻮﺍﻧﻲ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﺤﻈﻴﺎً ﻭﺳﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ(‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫• ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺃﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ ١٠‬ﺛﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Da t a‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪Sm‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٣‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٦‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻻﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻃﺒﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ١٠‬ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻷﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻝ ‪ ١٠‬ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺣﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ“‬
‫ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-25‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎُ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ”ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ“ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.AR-25‬‬
‫‪Wa i t i n‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪AR-22‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:20‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 22‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫■ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫)‪ (TONE‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ )‪ ،607 ،606‬ﺃﻭ ‪ (608‬ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.(FUNCTION) ‬‬
‫‪l D r m1‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫■ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺧﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪ .(RHYTHM‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”?‪ “DelSure‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( )‪ [+] (YES‬ﻟﻠﺤﺬﻑ ﺃﻭ )‪ [–] (NO‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫• ﺣﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪D4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﻣﻦ ‪ –64‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 63‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Sm‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ )ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﺎً ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ(‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (RHYTHM) ‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫■ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻷﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ C4‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪D4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪ (TONE‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫)‪.(TONE‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪١‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪.٢‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﺰء ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪ (TONE‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-23‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:21‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 23‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺪء ﺍﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺒﺪﺋﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “SAMPLING‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻌﻞ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “SAMPLING‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [6‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪SAMP L I NG‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫‪Au t oS t r t‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪Au t oS t o‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﺣﺪﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺇﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(AR-19‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫• ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(AR-22‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﺎً ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪:(AR-19‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪:(AR-22‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪AR-24‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:21‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 24‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “DELETE‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (TONE) ‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪DELETE‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪S1 : O r‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “SAMPLING‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫”‪.“Protect‬‬
‫‪P r o t e c t‬‬
‫‪n l‬‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﻤﻲ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪n l‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪* 1 : O r‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫? ‪Su r e‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫• ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(AR-56‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(AR-62‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ (YES) [+‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ]–[‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫)‪ (NO‬ﺃﻭ ]‪ (EXIT) [7‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Complete‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ١‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ“ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.AR-23‬‬
‫‪AR-25‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:22‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 25‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪br‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪bp‬‬
‫‪6 7 8 9 bk bl bm‬‬
‫‪ct‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ ”ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ“‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻋﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (AR-30‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻟﺤﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-59‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫)‪.(SONG BANK‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-68‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ‪.001‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪Ov e r Th eR‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪Tw i n k l e‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-68‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻸﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ،001‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪0‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻔﺰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪AR-26‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:22‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 26‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ )ﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻔﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻜﺮﺭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻘﻨﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻟﻠﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺰﻓﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺪء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻔﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-31‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻺﻧﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻺﻧﻬﺎء ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎً‪،‬‬
‫• ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺨﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-31‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪AR-27‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:22‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 27‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﺴﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪Vo l‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪So n‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ )ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﻄﺄ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪) y‬ﺍﻷﺑﻄﺎ( ﻭ‪) t‬ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ y‬ﻭ‪ t‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “Song Vol‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻛﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪(SONG BANK‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻢ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺇﺧﺘﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-28‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:23‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 28‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ‬
‫)ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻭﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻭﻛﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 001‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ .052‬ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻭﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ“ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.AR-19‬‬
‫)‪ (MIC VOLUME‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ 001‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪052‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،(AR-68‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺤﻮﻝ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻭﻛﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺤﻮﻝ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻭﻛﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻣﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﺎء ﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (AR-17‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.١‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫• ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﺰء ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻸﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﺍً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(AR-56‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(AR-62‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.AR-52‬‬
‫‪AR-29‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:23‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 29‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪br‬‬
‫‪bp‬‬
‫‪bs bt ck cl cm‬‬
‫‪ct‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﺘﻘﻄﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺃﻗﺼﺮ )ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺿﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪء ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪....‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪١‬‬
‫‪bk bl‬‬
‫‪678‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪١‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ‪٣ ،٢ ،١‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ‪٣ ،٢ ،١‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺱ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ‪٣ ،٢ ،١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪،٤ ،٣ ،٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺗﻚ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ!‬
‫‪AR-30‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:23‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 30‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪) ‬ﺃﻭ ‪ (‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫>‪<Phrase‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”>‪“<Wait‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ”>‪.“<Phrase‬‬
‫>‪<Wait‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﺰﻑ ﻗﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪NextPhrs‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺎً ”>‪) “<Wait‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-35‬‬
‫‪Listen‬‬
‫‪Watch‬‬
‫‪Remember‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪،٢ ،١ Auto Step Up‬‬
‫ﻭ‪) ٣‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-33‬‬
‫‪From top‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(AR-35‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪ ١‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪Complete‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-35‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫• ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫• ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺍﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻲ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎً(‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫> ‪<Ph r a s e‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺍﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-26‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫*‬
‫*‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ )ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫)‪ (SONG BANK‬ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-28‬‬
‫‪AR-31‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:24‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 31‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﺒﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ :١‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻌﻠﻦ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﺍﻭ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ :٢‬ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻌﻠﻦ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺗﻘﻠﻖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‪ .‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﺧﺬ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫>ﺃﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪<٢‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﺎً ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺷﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻙ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻙ ﺑﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻠﺖ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫!‪Bravo‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﺠﺤﺖ! ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫!‪Again‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺟﻊ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-32‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:24‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 32‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ :٣‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻓﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻟﺘﻨﺘﻈﺮﻙ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،٢‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺰﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻋﺰﻓﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪ ٣‬ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ‬
‫>ﺃﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪<٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.٢‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻙ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻙ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻙ ﺑﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻟﺘﻌﺰﻑ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “LESSON‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪L ESSON‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻠﺖ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٣‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﺰﻗﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻛﺘﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪ ،٣‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫‪e a k‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ ‬ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﻜﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻘﻴﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﺩﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫‪AR-33‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:24‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 33‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٣‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “LESSON‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫‪Ph r a s e L n‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٣‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “LESSON‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫”‪.“PhraseLn‬‬
‫‪No t eGu i d‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “LESSON‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫”‪.“NoteGuid‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪.‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ )‪(oFF‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ )‪ (PrE‬ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻸﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺼﻴﺮ )‪(Ln1‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )‪(Ln2‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻳﻞ )‪(Ln3‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫”‪.“Scoring‬‬
‫‪Sc o r i n g‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫‪AR-34‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:24‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 34‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫■ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٢‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-26‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.١‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،١‬ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ ،٣‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ”!‪.“Bravo‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ‪ ،‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ ‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٢‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪٢ ،١‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪*٣‬‬
‫‪،‬‬
‫• ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﻭﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪ (AR-33‬ﻭﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (AR-34‬ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٢‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪ ،٢ ،١‬ﻭ‪٣‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪*٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪١‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٢‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪*٣‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫* ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫”!‪ “Bravo‬ﺍﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-35‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:25‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 35‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪bp‬‬
‫‪bpbo‬‬
‫‪bobn‬‬
‫‪bk‬‬
‫‪cn‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﺲ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻀﻲء ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﻫﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪.(SONG BANK‬‬
‫)‪ ،(RHYTHM‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫)‪،(TONE‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪.(SONG BANK‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪T i me 1 9 . 2‬‬
‫‪8 0‬‬
‫‪Sc o r e‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫! ‪M . CHA L .‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫‪،‬ﻭ‬
‫‪،‬‬
‫• ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻄﻔﺄ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺤﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻦ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺍً‬
‫ﻟﻀﻐﻄﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻀﻲء ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ )ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ٠٫١ :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٠٫٣‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫! ‪M . CHA L .‬‬
‫‪AR-36‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:25‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 36‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪br‬‬
‫‪cs ct‬‬
‫‪bqbpbobn‬‬
‫‪cq‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻣﺘﻼﻛﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻌﻚ ﺇﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪6 7 8 9 bk bl bm‬‬
‫ﺑﺪء ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫)‪.(RHYTHM‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻤﻠﻚ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻻﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎً‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ“ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ،001‬ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ‪0‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻛﻢ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ‪-٨‬ﺿﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻟﺲ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪n t hPo‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-37‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:25‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 37‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺰﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻳﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻣﺘﻼﻛﻚ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ“ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.AR-41‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﻱء ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-16‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪FINGERED 1‬‬
‫• ‪FINGERED 2‬‬
‫• ‪FINGERED 3‬‬
‫• ‪CASIO CHORD‬‬
‫• ‪FULL RANGE CHORD‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫‪Ch o r d‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ‬
‫)ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ(‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪F3‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ D-F#-A-C‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ‪ D-F#-A-C‬ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ )‪.(D7‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-38‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:26‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 38‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫■ ‪3 ،2 ،FINGERED 1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ‪CASIO CHORD‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻸﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺰﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-69‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﻭﻻﺗﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ CASIO CHORD‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪.‬‬
‫● ‪FINGERED 1‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫● ‪FINGERED 2‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪ ،“FINGERED 1” ١‬ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪ m7‬ﺃﻭ ‪.m7 5‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫● ‪FINGERED 3‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪ ،“FINGERED 1” ١‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻊ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪CASIO CHORD‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻮ ‪ ،CASIO CHORD‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺴﻂ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ C) C‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫‪C C#D Eb E F F#G Ab A Bb B C C#DEb E F‬‬
‫‪ C) Cm‬ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ(‬
‫‪C C#D Eb E F F#G Ab A Bb B C C#DEb E F‬‬
‫‪ C) C7‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪C C#D E E F F#G A A B B C C#DE E F‬‬
‫‪ C) Cm7‬ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫‪C C#D Eb E F F#G Ab A Bb B C C#DEb E F‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻊ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺳﻮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻮﺩﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫■ ‪FULL RANGE CHORD‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-69‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪/‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫‪AR-39‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:26‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 39‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻷﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ”ﻧﻤﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ“ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﻞ ”ﻧﻤﻂ ﺃﺧﺘﻼﻑ“‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺣﺸﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻹﺩﺍء‪.‬‬
‫• ”ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ“ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺰﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺣﺸﻮ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫● ﺣﺸﻮ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫■ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻷﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻭﺛﻢ ﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪AR-40‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:27‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 40‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫■ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺿﻐﻄﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪Vo l‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪A c om‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ )ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ‪-‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “AcompVol‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺘﺮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫)‪ (RHYTHM‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ(‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً‬
‫ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻼﺋﻤﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪) y‬ﺍﻷﺑﻄﺎ( ﻭ‪) t‬ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ y‬ﻭ‪ t‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻺﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫• ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﻀﺎً ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪،‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪AR-41‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:27‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 41‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻀﻴﻒ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻏﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺋﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ١٢‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻟﻠﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .(AR-51‬ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻫﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)ﻳﻀﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ‪) (ACCOMP‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-38‬‬
‫• ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪ FULL RANGE CHORD‬ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺍً ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﺒﻀﻌﺔ ﺛﻮﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫‪001‬‬
‫‪Duet 1‬‬
‫‪002‬‬
‫‪Duet 2‬‬
‫‪003‬‬
‫‪Country‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺗﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪004‬‬
‫‪Octave‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻻﺩﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪005‬‬
‫‪5th‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪006‬‬
‫‪3-Way Open‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺗﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ‪-٢‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﻮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪007‬‬
‫‪3-Way Close‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺗﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ‪-٢‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﻮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪008‬‬
‫‪Strings‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺗﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻸﻭﺗﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪009‬‬
‫‪4-Way Open‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺗﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ‪-٣‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻧﻮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪010‬‬
‫‪4-Way Close‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺗﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ‪-٣‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻧﻮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪011‬‬
‫‪Block‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪012‬‬
‫‪Big Band‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺗﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫‪Du e t‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻦ ‪ 013‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 102‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .(AR-51‬ﻻﺗﻘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ً‬
‫)ﻣﻔﺼﻮﻻ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ( ﺗﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‪ ١-‬ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫)ﻣﻔﺼﻮﻻ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٤‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ( ﺗﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‪ ١-‬ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻏﻤﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪S t . G r Pn o‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Du e t‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﻲء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪AR-42‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:27‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 42‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻭﺗﺎﺭ )ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻧﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪) M‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫‪Ch o r dBk‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫) ‪M (Ma j o r‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭ ﻟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ‪C‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Ch o r dBk‬‬
‫‪) M‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‪) m ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ(‪،m7 ،7th ،sus2 ،sus4 ،aug ،dim ،‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪،69 ،dim7 ،mM7 ،madd9 ،add9 ،7sus4 ،7 5 ،m7 5 ،M7‬‬
‫‪m6 ،6th‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫ً‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻣﻦ‬
‫]‪ [0‬ﺇﻟﻰ ]‪ [4‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫)‪،(TONE‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)‪ ،(SONG BANK‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫)‪،(RHYTHM‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪AR-43‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:28‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 43‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪br‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪bp‬‬
‫‪bpbo‬‬
‫‪bobn‬‬
‫‪bs bt ck cl cm cn‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪bk bl‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﺷﻲء ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪.(RHYTHM‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﻭﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-44‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:28‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 44‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺧﻠﻂ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻸﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﺰﺍء )ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﺦ‪ ،(.‬ﻭﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺰء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺧﻠﻂ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤﺲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ( ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ‬
‫■ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.٦‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ٣‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻌﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ١٢٠٠٠‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﻣﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺍﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫• ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﻭﺗﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﻱء‪ ،‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪ ،INTRO‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ‪،SYNCHRO/ENDING‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ‪ ،NORMAL/FILL-IN‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ‬
‫‪.VARIATION/FILL-IN‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”?‪ “Tr.Del‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ (YES) [+‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ]–[ )‪ (NO‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺳﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﺒﺪﻝ )ﻳﺤﺬﻑ( ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-45‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:28‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 45‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﻭﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ‪.١‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ‪ ،١‬ﺃﺟﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٤‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ”ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ“ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-44‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٥‬ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺃﻭ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ( ﺍﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ )ﻻﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮﺓ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻏﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ( ﺍﻋﻼﻩ ﺍﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺍً‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ ‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻏﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (TONE‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻠﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”?‪ “Tr.Del‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ (YES) [+‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ]–[ )‪ (NO‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-46‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:29‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 46‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻏﻨﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺧﻤﺲ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ )ﻣﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ (٥‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻳﺸﺮﺡ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻹﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪.(RHYTHM‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ‪٢‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﻱء‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪No .‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ‪‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﺒﺪﻝ )ﻳﺤﺬﻑ( ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪P l a‬‬
‫)‪.(SONG BANK‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”?‪ “Song Del‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ (YES) [+‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ]–[ )‪ (NO‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-47‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:29‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 47‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﺰﻓﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﻳﺘﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﻠﻒ ‪ MIDI‬ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ‪.(SMF 0‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‬
‫■ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.AR-56‬‬
‫■ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.AR-62‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫• ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻟﻠﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺍ ﻭﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”?‪ “Song Del‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ (YES) [+‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-48‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:29‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 48‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪br‬‬
‫‪ct‬‬
‫‪bp‬‬
‫‪bpbo‬‬
‫‪bobn‬‬
‫‪cq‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ١٧‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (FUNCTION) ‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪.(RHYTHM‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “SCALE‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫‪00‬‬
‫‪Equal Temperament‬‬
‫‪Equal‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪Pure Major‬‬
‫‪PureMajr‬‬
‫‪02‬‬
‫‪Pure Minor‬‬
‫‪PureMinr‬‬
‫‪03‬‬
‫‪Pythagorean‬‬
‫‪Pythagor‬‬
‫‪04‬‬
‫‪Kirnberger 3‬‬
‫‪Kirnbrg3‬‬
‫‪05‬‬
‫‪Werckmeister‬‬
‫‪Wercmeis‬‬
‫‪06‬‬
‫‪Mean-Tone‬‬
‫‪MeanTone‬‬
‫‪07‬‬
‫‪Rast‬‬
‫‪Rast‬‬
‫‪08‬‬
‫‪Bayati‬‬
‫‪Bayati‬‬
‫‪09‬‬
‫‪Hijaz‬‬
‫‪Hijaz‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪Saba‬‬
‫‪Saba‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪Dashti‬‬
‫‪Dashti‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪Chahargah‬‬
‫‪Chaharga‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪Segah‬‬
‫‪Segah‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪Gurjari Todi‬‬
‫‪GujrTodi‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪Chandrakauns‬‬
‫‪Cndrkuns‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪Charukeshi‬‬
‫‪Carukesi‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪SCALE‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫‪Eq u a l‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻛﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺟﺬﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪ C‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.(B‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-49‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:29‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 49‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “OTHER‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ )ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪ (.‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ“ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻝ ‪ ٣٠٥‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪OTHER‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫)‪ (TONE‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫‪I L o v eHe r‬‬
‫( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫”‪.“AcompScl‬‬
‫‪A c ompS c l‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ )ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪ (.‬ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺪء‬
‫ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-41‬‬
‫)‪ ،(RHYTHM‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫)‪،(TONE‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)‪ (SONG BANK‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ١‬ﺍﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-50‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:30‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 50‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ ٩٠‬ﻧﻤﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺰﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫• ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .(AR-42‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪S t . G r Pn o‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﻲء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺃﺳﻢ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﺛﻮﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫‪Du e t‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻦ ‪ 001‬ﻏﻠﻰ ‪ 012‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .(AR-42‬ﻻﺗﻘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪ ...1‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺰﻭﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ...2‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺰﻭﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ...4‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺰﻭﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪1U‬‬
‫• ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-12‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ )ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “OTHER‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪H l d‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪e‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪A r‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪.ON‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )ﻋﺪﺩ ﻧﻮﺕ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫‪013-030‬‬
‫‪Up‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫‪031-048‬‬
‫‪Down‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻔﺎﻕ‬
‫‪049-066‬‬
‫‪U/D A‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﻔﺎﻕ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪(A‬‬
‫‪067-084‬‬
‫‪U/D B‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﻔﺎﻕ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪(B‬‬
‫‪085-102‬‬
‫‪Random‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‬
‫‪AR-51‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:30‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 51‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻛﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 153‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.162‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “DELETE‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪DELETE‬‬
‫• ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .(AR-25‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﻚ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-59‬‬
‫• ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻻﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ(‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “DELETE‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪-١٠) ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [6‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫‪USERSONG‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪DELETE‬‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ(‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫”‪.“All Data‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫? ‪Su r e‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(YES) [+‬‬
‫‪Da t a‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪A l l‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Complete‬ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]–[ )‪ (NO‬ﺃﻭ ]‪ً (EXIT) [7‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ‬
‫]‪.(YES) [+‬‬
‫? ‪Su r e‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(YES) [+‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪.“Complete‬‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]–[ )‪ (NO‬ﺃﻭ ]‪ً (EXIT) [7‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ‬
‫]‪.(YES) [+‬‬
‫‪AR-52‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:30‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 52‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪br‬‬
‫‪bq‬‬
‫‪bk‬‬
‫‪ct‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ )ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ (MIDI‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺷﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ SD‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ SDHC‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ٣٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺴﻌﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٣٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺎً‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(AR-19‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪TW7‬‬
‫‪*DW7‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(AR-29‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ )ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ(‬
‫‪CM2‬‬
‫‪*MID‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(AR-44‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫‪SP7‬‬
‫‪*SL7‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‬
‫‪AL7‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫*‪ : ١‬ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫*‪ : ٢‬ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ MIDI‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ‪(١ ،٠‬‬
‫*‪ : ٣‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﻛﻠﺔ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً ﺑﻠﻤﺲ ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺳﺘﺪﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﻭﻳﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻘﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺩﺍﻓﺌﺎً ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻲء ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻘﺐ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-53‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:31‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 53‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻘﺐ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﺐ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎً ﻷﻋﻠﻰ )ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻘﺐ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ) (‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﺎً ﺻﻮﺕ ﻃﻘﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ًﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻻﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ‬
‫”ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ“‪ .‬ﺃﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻘﺐ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﻭﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪F o r ma t‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫? ‪Su r e‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(YES) [+‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪ “Pls wait‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Complete‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ]–[ )‪ (NO‬ﺃﻭ ]‪ (EXIT) [7‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ]‪[+‬‬
‫)‪.(YES‬‬
‫‪wa i t‬‬
‫‪P l s‬‬
‫‪Comp l e t e‬‬
‫‪AR-54‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:31‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 54‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺤﻔﻆ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﺎً ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ )ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ( ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ AR-53‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫( ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ]–[ ﻭ]‪.[+‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫”‪“SAv” “SmplTone‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫”‪“SAv” “Rec.Song‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ‪(SMF 0‬‬
‫”‪“SAv” “SMF 0‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫”‪“SAv” “All Data‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫• ﺇﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺤﻔﻈﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ]‪ [+‬ﻭ]–[ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ (EXIT) [7‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺄﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ (YES) [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ]–[ )‪ (NO‬ﺃﻭ ]‪(EXIT) [7‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫‪USERNAME‬‬
‫‪Comp l e t e‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻘﺐ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ SMF 0‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﻋﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫? ‪Re p l a c e‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪J‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫'‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫_‬
‫`‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪H‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫&‬
‫~‬
‫‪5 6‬‬
‫‪F G‬‬
‫‪P Q‬‬
‫‪Z S‬‬
‫@ }‬
‫‪1 2 3 4‬‬
‫‪B C D E‬‬
‫‪L M N O‬‬
‫‪V W X Y‬‬
‫{ ^ ‪) -‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫(‬
‫• ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ”~“ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ”‪.“3‬‬
‫‪AR-55‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:31‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 55‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫■ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ )ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺗﺨﺰﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫”‪ “MUSICDAT‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ”‪ “MUSICDAT‬ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-54‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫”‪ ،“MUSICDAT‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻻﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء‪ ،‬ﺣﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺨﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫”‪.“MUSICDAT‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪ “No File‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ”‪.“MUSICDAT‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫********‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ (EXIT) [7‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺨﻄﻂ ﻹﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ”‪ “MUSICDAT‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﺎً ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺿﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪Comp l e t e‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪ (YES) [+‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]–[ )‪ ،(NO‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫]‪ (EXIT) [7‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫? ‪Re p l a c e‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻘﺐ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-56‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:32‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 56‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫********‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﺎً ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ (EXIT) [7‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺬﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻘﺐ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫? ‪Su r e‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(YES) [+‬‬
‫• ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ]–[ )‪ (NO‬ﺃﻭ ]‪ً (EXIT) [7‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ]‪[+‬‬
‫)‪.(YES‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ]–[ ﻭ]‪.[+‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪Comp l e t e‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫”‪“dEL” “SmplTone‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫”‪“dEL” “UserSong‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫”‪“dEL” “Rec.Song‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫”‪“dEL” “All Data‬‬
‫‪AR-57‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:32‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 57‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(AR-53‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺨﻄﻂ ﻟﻌﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ”‪ “MUSICDAT‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-56‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻘﺐ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﺰﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻭﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.AR-67‬‬
‫‪AR-58‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:32‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 58‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪br‬‬
‫‪bq‬‬
‫‪bk‬‬
‫‪ct‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ MIDI‬ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ MIDI‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.MIDI‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺰﻋﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺒﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻷﻥ!‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫• ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ SP2) Windows® XP‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ( *‬
‫*‪٢‬‬
‫®‪Windows Vista‬‬
‫*‪٣‬‬
‫‪Windows® 7‬‬
‫‪ ،10.4.11 ،10.3.9) Mac OS® X‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ‪ 10.5.8 ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ‪10.6.6 ،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ(‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ‪B‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪(A-B‬‬
‫*‪ Windows XP :١‬ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ Windows XP‬ﺇﺣﺘﺮﺍﻓﻲ )‪ -٣٢‬ﺑﻴﺖ(‬
‫*‪ -٣٢) Windows Vista :٢‬ﺑﻴﺖ(‬
‫*‪ -٣٢) Windows 7 :٣‬ﺑﻴﺖ‪ -٦٤ ،‬ﺑﻴﺖ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫• ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺎً ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-59‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:32‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 59‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.MIDI‬‬
‫‪) : CASIO USB-MIDI‬ﺧﺎﺹ ‪،Windows Vista ،Windows 7‬‬
‫‪(Mac OS X‬‬
‫”ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ‪ “USB‬ﺃﻭ ”‪ USB‬ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ“ ‪) :‬ﺧﺎﺹ ﺏ‬
‫‪(Windows XP‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،MIDI‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ًﻻ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ )ﺟﺰء(‬
‫ﻛﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ١٦‬ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ )ﻣﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 01‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،(16‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫)ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ 05‬ﻭ‪ (06‬ﻛﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺣﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺑﺤﺚ )‪ ،(L‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﻛﺒﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺑﺤﺚ )‪ .(R‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ )‪ (R‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ )‪ (L‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “MIDI‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫• ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻼ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ MIDI‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.(GM) ١‬‬
‫• ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ MIDI‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻋﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ URL‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪http://world.casio.com/‬‬
‫”‪.“Navi. Ch‬‬
‫‪Ch‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ‪MIDI‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪Na v i .‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﺔ )‪.(R‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺮﺗﺐ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎً ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﺣﺜﺔ )‪.(L‬‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 01‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.16‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “MIDI‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫‪M I D I‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫‪Ch‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫‪b d‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪Ke‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-60‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:33‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 60‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫■ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﻋﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻦ )‪ (١‬ﺇﻟﻰ )‪ (٤‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﻮﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺗﻴﻦ )ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ )‪ ،((٣‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺰﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ )‪.(R‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻓﺪ ﻻﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺰﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (FUNCTION) ‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪“MIDI‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫”‪.“Local‬‬
‫‪L o c a l‬‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ )‪(L‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ‪ R‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ )‪(R‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫✕‬
‫✕‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ‪ L‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫✕‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫✕‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ‪ L‬ﻭ‪R‬‬
‫✕‬
‫‪‬‬
‫✕‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﻻﺗﻌﺮﺽ ‪ L‬ﺍﻭ ‪R‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫]‪) [4‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪ (FUNCTION‬ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﻭ]‪ ( ) [6‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ”‪) “MIDI‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-7‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪-١٠) ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪) [4‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]‪.(ENTER) [9‬‬
‫( ﻭ]‪) [6‬‬
‫( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫”‪.“AcompOut‬‬
‫‪A c ompOu t‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪-١٠‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ( ]–[ ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-61‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:33‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 61‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ MIDI‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ )‪ (SMF‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺪﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Song Bank‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎً ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺳﺘﺪﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (AR-56‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﻤﻠﻒ ‪ MIDI‬ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ‪.(SMF‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪ CASIO WORLDWIDE‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪URL‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺃﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺎً ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺃﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫‪http://world.casio.com/‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻲ ﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻤﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ٥‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍُ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﻞ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ )‪ (PHONES/OUTPUT‬ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ!‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺛﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪ (AUDIO IN‬ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪AR-62‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:33‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 62‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﺟﺪ ﺷﻲء ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻻﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪ AC‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-9‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-9‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻭﺛﻢ ﻓﺠﺎءﺓ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-9‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻄﻔﺄ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﺠﺎءﺓ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﻓﺠﺄءﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺯﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺗﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺧﺘﻔﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-9‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮﻙ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻟﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-32‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺋﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻻﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﻠﻒ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﻌﺰﻑ ﺷﻲء ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﻣﻦ ‪ 601‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 608‬ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺍً )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-19‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-10‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺷﻲء ﺃﻭ ﻻﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ 171‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،180‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺎ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-38‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-41‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-10‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺷﻲء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-38‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﺪﺍ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-28‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻻﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﻣﻦ ‪ 153‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 162‬ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ًﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-29‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-10‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-41‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-28‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-10‬‬
‫‪AR-63‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:34‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 63‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-10‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-9‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻓﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺼﻲ ﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ‪ ٢٤) ٤٨‬ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-10‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-10‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪AC‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-9‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﺮﻟﻤﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-11‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-10‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻢ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻵﺕ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (AR-17‬ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-18‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-10‬‬
‫ﺇﺻﺪﺍء ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﺠﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-16‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-10‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻹﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-27‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻲ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻓﺤﺺ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-59‬‬
‫• ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺑﺪء‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﺖ ﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫‪AR-64‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:34‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 64‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫‪LK-280‬‬
‫‪ ٦١‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻲء ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ ٤٨‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ )‪ ٢٤‬ﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫‪٦٠٠‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ‪) ٨‬ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻠﻮﺩﻱ‪ ،٥ :‬ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ‪*(٣ :‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ١٠‬ﺛﻮﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﻱء‪ ،‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ‪ /‬ﺍﻷﺭﻏﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،١٠‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،٥‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻯ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢ ،٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٢٥٥‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪١٥٢‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ‪*١٠‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫‪) ٤‬ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‬
‫‪LR ،R ،L‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫‪١٨٠‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻑ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ‪ ٦ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ )‪(LR ،R ،L‬‬
‫‪ ١٢٠٠٠‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً )ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻝ ‪ ٦‬ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ(‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ ١±‬ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ )–‪ ١٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ١٢+‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ(‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮﻱ‪/‬ﺳﻔﻠﻲ ‪ ٢±‬ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫‪ =A4‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٤١٥٫٥‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٤٦٥٫٩‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ )ﺇﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ‪ ٤٤٠ :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪٣٠٥‬‬
‫‪١٨٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫‪ ٩٠‬ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫‪MIDI‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻛﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪ ١٦‬ﺟﺮﺱ‪-‬ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ GM Level 1 ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ ،SD‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ٣٢ ،SDHC‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ‪ ،SMF‬ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺇﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫‪AR-65‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:34‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 65‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻼﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻋﻴﻢ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪ /‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪B‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ )ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ(‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‪ ١٤٠ :‬ﺃﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‪ ٤٫٥ :‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ )‪ (RMS‬ﺣﺪ ﺍﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ٩ :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺃﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ٢٠٠ :‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ )ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ٣ :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺃﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ١٠ :‬ﻣﻴﻠﻠﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪AC‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪ ٩٫٥‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪ -‬ﺯﻧﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪ AA‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪AD-E95100L‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً )ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ( ﺃﻭ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ )ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪ (AC‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﺳﻢ × ‪) ٢‬ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ‪ ٢٫٥ :‬ﻭﺍﻁ ‪ ٢٫٥ +‬ﻭﺍﻁ(‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ ٩٫٥‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ = ‪ ٧٫٧‬ﻭﺍﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫‪ ١٠٫٣ × ٣٥٫٠ × ٩٤٫٨‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ ٤٫٥‬ﻛﺠﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺴﻌﺔ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ٣٢٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً )‪ ١‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﺑﺎﻳﺖ = ‪ ١٠٢٤‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻀﻮء ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً‬
‫• ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ‪ ،TV‬ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻼﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫• ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻛﻴﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺴﺢ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻭﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﺨﻔﻒ‪ .‬ﺃﻋﺴﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﺍﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﺗﺨﻠﻖ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ”ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ“ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﺥ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺪﻭﺵ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺃﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻛﻦ ﺣﺬﺭﺍً ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺗﺨﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-66‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:34‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 66‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫‪Err CardFull‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﺠﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-57‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪Err Card R/W‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﺎﻟﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪Err Convert‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺰﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺫﻭ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ‪.SMF 0‬‬
‫‪Err Exist‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (AR-23‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،(AR-19‬ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(AR-29‬‬
‫• ﺃﺣﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-25‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﺴﺦ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻻﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪Err Format‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﺎﻟﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪.SDXC‬‬
‫‪Err Limit‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-54‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﺕ ‪ SDXC‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ SD‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪.SDHC‬‬
‫• ﺃﺣﺬﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-25‬‬
‫• ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-21‬‬
‫‪Err Mem Full‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﺒﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﺒﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،(AR-19‬ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(AR-29‬‬
‫‪Err No Card‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎً ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎً ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﻧﺰﻉ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﻋﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-54‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻻﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪Err No Data‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺦ(‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪Err No File‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ”‪ “MUSICDAT‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻖ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ”‪ “MUSICDAT‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-56‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(AR-54‬‬
‫‪ Err NotSMF01‬ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ‪.SMF Format 2‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ‪ ٠ SMF Format‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ١‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪Err Protect‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ )ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 601‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ (608‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺬﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Err ReadOnly‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎً ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻢ ﻛﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺰﻯ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪Err SizeOver‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺰﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺫﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٣٢٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١ Err WrongDat‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ‪.‬‬
‫—‬
‫‪AR-67‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:34‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 67‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
LK-280 ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ‬
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
POPS
OVER THE RAINBOW
CAN YOU FEEL THE LOVE TONIGHT
(“LION KING” THEME)
WORLD
TWINKLE TWINKLE LITTLE STAR
LIGHTLY ROW
LONG LONG AGO
ON TOP OF OLD SMOKEY
SAKURA SAKURA
WHEN THE SAINTS GO MARCHING IN
AMAZING GRACE
AULD LANG SYNE
COME BIRDS
DID YOU EVER SEE A LASSIE?
MICHAEL ROW THE BOAT ASHORE
DANNY BOY
MY BONNIE
HOME SWEET HOME
AURA LEE
HOME ON THE RANGE
ALOHA OE
SANTA LUCIA
FURUSATO
GREENSLEEVES
JOSHUA FOUGHT THE BATTLE OF
JERICHO
THE MUFFIN MAN
LONDON BRIDGE
UNDER THE SPREADING CHESTNUT
TREE
SIPPIN’ CIDER THROUGH A STRAW
GRANDFATHER’S CLOCK
ANNIE LAURIE
BEAUTIFUL DREAMER
IF YOU’RE HAPPY AND YOU KNOW
IT, CLAP YOUR HANDS
MY DARLING CLEMENTINE
LITTLE BROWN JUG
HOUSE OF THE RISING SUN
SHE WORE A YELLOW RIBBON
YANKEE DOODLE
MY OLD KENTUCKY HOME
SZLA DZIEWECZKA
TROIKA
WALTZING MATILDA
ON THE BRIDGE OF AVIGNON
I’VE BEEN WORKING ON THE
RAILROAD
OH! SUSANNA
CAMPTOWN RACES
JEANNIE WITH THE LIGHT BROWN HAIR
TURKEY IN THE STRAW
JAMAICA FAREWELL
EVENT
SILENT NIGHT
WE WISH YOU A MERRY CHRISTMAS
JINGLE BELLS
JOY TO THE WORLD
O CHRISTMAS TREE
‫ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺍﻧﻮﻉ‬
―
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
―
―
―
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Song Book
21
Song Book
Song Book
22
23
Song Book
24
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
25
26
27
28
Song Book
29
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Song Book
40
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
41
42
43
44
45
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
46
47
48
49
Song Book
50
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
LK-280 ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
PIANO/CLASSICS
053
MARY HAD A LITTLE LAMB
LE CYGNE FROM “LE CARNAVAL DES
054
ANIMAUX”
055
JE TE VEUX
056
SONATA op.13 “PATHÉTIQUE” 2nd Mov.
057
HEIDENRÖSLEIN
058
AIR FROM “SUITE no.3”
059
SPRING FROM “THE FOUR SEASONS”
060
HABANERA FROM “CARMEN”
061
BRINDISI FROM “LA TRAVIATA”
062
HUNGARIAN DANCES no.5
063
MINUET IN G MAJOR
064
MUSETTE IN D MAJOR
065
GAVOTTE (GOSSEC)
066
ARABESQUE (BURGMÜLLER)
067
CHOPSTICKS
068
DECK THE HALL
069
ODE TO JOY
070
AVE MARIA (GOUNOD)
071
SONATINA op.36 no.1 1st Mov.
072
PRELUDE op.28 no.7 (CHOPIN)
073
RÊVERIE
074
GYMNOPÉDIES no.1
GOING HOME FROM “FROM THE
075
NEW WORLD”
076
FÜR ELISE
077
TURKISH MARCH (MOZART)
078
SONATA op.27 no.2 “MOONLIGHT” 1st Mov.
ETUDE op.10 no.3 “CHANSON DE
079
L’ADIEU”
080
THE ENTERTAINER
WEDDING MARCH FROM
081
“MIDSUMMER NIGHT’S DREAM”
082
AMERICAN PATROL
083
FRÖHLICHER LANDMANN
084
LA CHEVALERESQUE
085
SONATA K.545 1st Mov.
086
LA PRIÈRE D’UNE VIERGE
087
VALSE op.64 no.1 “PETIT CHIEN”
088
LIEBESTRÄUME no.3
089
JESUS BLEIBET MEINE FREUDE
090
CANON (PACHELBEL)
SERENADE FROM “EINE KLEINE
091
NACHTMUSIK”
092
MARCH FROM “THE NUTCRACKER”
093
INVENTIONEN no.1
094
PRAELUDIUM no.1 (J.S.BACH)
095
SONATINE op.20 no.1 1st Mov.
096
HUMORESKE (DVOŘÁK)
097
DOLLY’S DREAMING AND AWAKENING
098
LA FILLE AUX CHEVEUX DE LIN
099
ARABESQUE no.1 (DEBUSSY)
100
TRÄUMEREI
101
MAPLE LEAF RAG
102
NOCTURNE op.9 no.2 (CHOPIN)
EXERCISE
103 - 152 EXERCISE I / II / III
USER SONGS
153 - 162 USER SONGS
‫ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺍﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
Song Book
51
Song Book
52
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
Song Book
73
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
74
75
76
Song Book
77
Song Book
78
Song Book
79
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
Song Book
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
Song Book
89
Song Book 90
Song Book 2 93
Song Book 2 94
Song Book 2 95
Song Book 2 96
Song Book 2 97
Song Book 2 98
Song Book 2 99
Song Book 2 100
Song Book 2 101
Song Book 2 102
―
―
―
―
AR-68
LK280_00_ar.indb 68
2011/05/19 13:40:34
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺗﺎﺭ ‪ Fingered 3‬ﻭ‪Full Range‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪Fingered 1‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ ،Fingered 2‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ‪Fingered 2 ،Fingered 1‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪Cm‬‬
‫‪Fm‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‬
‫‪Dm‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪A add9‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‬
‫‪#‬‬
‫‬
‫‪Cm‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪Gm7‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪Fm7‬‬
‫‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪F7‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪A7‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪Ddim‬‬
‫‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪Bm‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‬
‫‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪#‬‬
‫‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪Gm Am‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪Cdim‬‬
‫‪Caug *3‬‬
‫‪Csus4 *3‬‬
‫• ﻣﻊ ‪ ،Fingered 3‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺗﻔﺴﺮ ﻛﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻜﻮﺳﺔ ﻻﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ‪ ،Full Range Chord‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ ،3 ،2 ،Fingered 1‬ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ‪ Full Range Chord‬ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺧﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪Csus2 *3‬‬
‫‪C7‬‬
‫‪Cm7 *3‬‬
‫‪CM7‬‬
‫‪Cm7b5 *3‬‬
‫‪C7b5 *3‬‬
‫‪C7sus4‬‬
‫‪Cadd9‬‬
‫‪Cmadd9‬‬
‫‪CmM7‬‬
‫‪Cdim7 *3‬‬
‫‪C69 *3‬‬
‫‪C6 *1 *3‬‬
‫‪Cm6 *2 *3‬‬
‫‪ *1‬ﻣﻊ ‪ ،Fingered 2‬ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﻛﺎ ‪.Am7‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ *2‬ﻣﻊ ‪ ،Fingered 2‬ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﻛﺎ ‪.Am7 5‬‬
‫‪ *3‬ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-69‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:35‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 69‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:40:35‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪(A#)/Bb‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪(G#)/Ab‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫• ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻻﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪F#/(Gb‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪(D#)/Eb‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫)‪C#/(Db‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪Root‬‬
‫‪Chord‬‬
‫‪Type‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫‪dim‬‬
‫‪aug‬‬
‫‪sus4‬‬
‫‪sus2‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪m7‬‬
‫‪M7‬‬
‫‪m7b5‬‬
‫‪7b5‬‬
‫‪7sus4‬‬
‫‪add9‬‬
‫‪madd9‬‬
‫‪mM7‬‬
‫‪dim7‬‬
‫‪69‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪m6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫‪AR-70‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 70‬‬
2
LK-280
1
bm
3 45
6 7 8 9 bk bl
bs bt ck cl cm cn
bq bp bo bn
co cp cq
br
cr cs ct
2011/05/19 13:40:35
LK280_00_ar.indb 71
Model: LK-280
Recognized
MIDI Implementation Chart
Transmitted
Function
1 - 16
1 - 16
0 - 127
0 - 127 *1
1
1 - 16
12 - 120
O 9nH v = 1 - 127
X 9nH v = 0, 8nH v =**
Default
Changed
O 9nH v = 1 - 127
X 9nH v = 0
X
O
Basic
Channel
X
X
O
Mode 3
X
X
O (MSB only)
O
O *2
O
O
O
O
Mode 3
X
O
X
X
O
O
X
O *3
Default
Messages
Altered
0, 32
1
6, 38
7
10
11
64
Mode
Note ON
Note OFF
True voice
Velocity
Key’s
Ch’s
Note
Number
After
Touch
Pitch Bender
Control
Change
Version : 1.0
‫ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬: **
Remarks
Bank select
Modulation
Data entry
Volume
Pan
Expression
Hold 1
2011/05/19 13:40:36
LK280_00_ar.indb 76
Program
Change
:True #
O *3
O *3
X
O
X
O 0 - 127
O
O
O
O
O *2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
66
67
91
93
100, 101
O 0 - 127
: Song Pos
: Song Sel
: Tune
O
O
O *2
System
Common
: Clock
: Commands
O *2
System
Real Time
O
O
X
O
O
X
System Exclusive
Aux
Messages
X
O
X
O
X
X
Mode 2 : OMNI ON, MONO
Mode 4 : OMNI OFF, MONO
Sostenuto
Soft pedal
Reverb send
Chorus send
RPN LSB, MSB
O : Yes
X : No
‫ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‬:*1
http://world.casio.com/ ‫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬MIDI ‫ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬،‫ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺮﻳﺔ‬،RPN ،NRPN ‫ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ‬:*2
‫ ﺗﺒﻌﺎً ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬:*3
: All sound off
: Reset all controller
: Local ON/OFF
: All notes OFF
: Active Sense
: Reset
Remarks
Mode 1 : OMNI ON, POLY
Mode 3 : OMNI OFF, POLY
2011/05/19 13:45:34
LK280_00_ar.indb 2
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻚ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫”ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ“‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪MA1105-A Printed in China‬‬
‫‪LK280-AR-1A‬‬
‫‪2011/05/19 13:45:34‬‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫‪LK280-AR-1A‬‬
‫‪LK280_00_ar.indb 1‬‬
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising